d_pipe='define'
d_poll='undef'
d_portable='define'
+d_procselfexe='undef'
d_pthread_atfork='undef'
d_pthread_yield='undef'
d_pwage='undef'
$ WC "d_phostname='" + d_phostname + "'"
$ WC "d_pipe='define'"
$ WC "d_poll='undef'"
+$ WC "d_procselfexe='undef'"
$ WC "d_pthread_atfork='undef'"
$ WC "d_pthread_yield='" + d_pthread_yield + "'"
$ WC "d_pthreads_created_joinable='" + d_pthreads_created_joinable + "'"
d_pipe='undef'
d_poll='undef'
d_portable='undef'
+d_procselfexe='undef'
d_pthread_atfork='undef'
d_pthread_yield='undef'
d_pwage='undef'
*/
/*#define HAS_DLERROR / **/
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+ */
+/* DOSUID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
+/*#define DOSUID / **/
+
/* HAS_DUP2:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is
* available to duplicate file descriptors.
#define _(args) ()
#endif
+/* SH_PATH:
+ * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
+ * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
+ * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
+ * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
+ * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+ */
+#define SH_PATH "" /**/
+
/* INTSIZE:
* This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C
* preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
*/
/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/
-/* OSNAME:
- * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
- */
-/* OSVERS:
- * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
- */
-#define OSNAME "unknown" /**/
-#define OSVERS "" /**/
-
/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
* This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
* double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 4
#endif
-/* ARCHLIB:
- * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
- * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
- * library files for . It is most often a local directory
- * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be
- * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the
- * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
- * program already searches PRIVLIB.
- */
-/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/*#define ARCHLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown" / **/
-/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown" / **/
-
-/* ARCHNAME:
- * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
- * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
- * where library files may be held under a private library, for
- * instance.
- */
-#define ARCHNAME "unknown" /**/
-
-/* HAS_ATOLF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
- * available to convert strings into long doubles.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ATOLF / **/
-
-/* HAS_ATOLL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
- * available to convert strings into long longs.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ATOLL / **/
-
-/* BIN:
- * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
- * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
- */
-/* BIN_EXP:
- * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
- * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
- */
-#define BIN "/usr/local/bin" /**/
-#define BIN_EXP "" /**/
-
-/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be
- * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds
- * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always
- * for those versions.
- */
-/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 / **/
-
/* BYTEORDER:
* This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
* i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc...
#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */
#endif /* NeXT */
-/* CAT2:
- * This macro catenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
-#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
- /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
-/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be
- * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */
-#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
- */
-#define CPPSTDIN ""
-#define CPPMINUS ""
-#define CPPRUN ""
-#define CPPLAST ""
-
-/* HAS__FWALK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is
- * available to apply a function to all the file handles.
- */
-/*#define HAS__FWALK / **/
-
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- * (always present on UNIX.)
- */
-/*#define HAS_ACCESS / **/
-
/* CASTI32:
* This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
* or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
/*#define CASTNEGFLOAT / **/
#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
-/* HAS_CLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is
- * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX.
- * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are:
- *
- * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero
- * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero
- * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero
- * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero
- * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0
- * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0
- * FP_PLUS_INF +INF
- * FP_MINUS_INF -INF
- * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS)
- * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ)
- */
-/*#define HAS_CLASS / **/
-
/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
* does not return a value.
*/
/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/
-/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr
- * is supported.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ * in <sys/types.h>
*/
-/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR / **/
+/*#define HAS_FD_SET / **/
-/* HAS_CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+/* Gconvert:
+ * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
+ * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
+ * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ * be retained, and the output buffer.
+ * Possible values are:
+ * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
*/
-/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH "" /**/
-#endif
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
-/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
- * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only
- * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
- * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ * many memory management calls.
*/
-/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE / **/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern double drand48 _((void));
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the GNU C library is being used.
*/
-/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
-
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ * is available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
+/*#define HAS_ISASCII / **/
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ * link).
*/
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
+
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ * argument form of open(2) is available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
+
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ * own version.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
+
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
+ * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ * use memmove() instead, if available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP / **/
+
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ * is available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
+
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
+ * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ * to access these fields.
+ */
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
+ */
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+/*#define USE_STDIO_PTR / **/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_ptr)
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE / **/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_ptr)
+/*#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE / **/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT / **/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
+ * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/*#define USE_STDIO_BASE / **/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_base)
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
+ * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+ */
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
+ * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ * symbol.
+ */
+#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
+
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
+ */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+
+/* I_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+ */
+#define I_TIME /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
+
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+ */
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+ */
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+ */
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+ */
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#undef EOF_NONBLOCK
+
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ * sizeof(char *).
+ */
+#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/
+
+/* Drand01:
+ * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
+ * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+ */
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ * random seed function.
+ */
+/* seedDrand01:
+ * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ * random number generator (see Drand01).
+ */
+/* RANDBITS:
+ * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+ */
+#define Drand01() ((rand() & 0x7FFF) / (double) ((unsigned long)1 << 15)) /**/
+#define Rand_seed_t int /**/
+#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
+#define RANDBITS 48 /**/
+
+/* SSize_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
+ * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+ */
+#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */
+
+/* EBCDIC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ * EBCDIC encoding.
+ */
+/*#define EBCDIC / **/
+
+/* ARCHLIB:
+ * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
+ * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
+ * library files for . It is most often a local directory
+ * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be
+ * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the
+ * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
+ * program already searches PRIVLIB.
+ */
+/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/*#define ARCHLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown" / **/
+/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown" / **/
+
+/* BIN:
+ * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
+ * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
+ */
+/* BIN_EXP:
+ * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
+ * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
+ */
+#define BIN "/usr/local/bin" /**/
+#define BIN_EXP "" /**/
+
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
+ * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+ */
+#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST NULL /**/
+
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * also as /usr/bin/perl.
+ */
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
+
+/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
+ * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
+ * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
+ * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
+ * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
+ * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
+ * for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/
+
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ */
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7" /**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7" /**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define SITEARCH "" /**/
+#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_STEM:
+ * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+#define SITELIB "" /**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP "" /**/
+#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
+ * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
+ * It may have a ~ on the front.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
+ * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
+ * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/
+
+/* OSNAME:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+/* OSVERS:
+ * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "unknown" /**/
+#define OSVERS "" /**/
+
+/* CAT2:
+ * This macro catenates 2 tokens together.
+ */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
+#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
+ /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
+/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be
+ * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */
+#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+/* CPPLAST:
+ * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+ */
+#define CPPSTDIN ""
+#define CPPMINUS ""
+#define CPPRUN ""
+#define CPPLAST ""
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ * (always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ACCESS / **/
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH / **/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH "" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/
/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
* available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
*/
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
+
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ * longer than 14 characters.
+ */
+/*#define FLEXFILENAMES / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ * privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ * to derive the host name.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME / **/
+/*#define HAS_UNAME / **/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their names.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ * available to get the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME / **/
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their port.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME / **/
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT / **/
+
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_HTONL / **/
+/*#define HAS_HTONS / **/
+/*#define HAS_NTOHL / **/
+/*#define HAS_NTOHS / **/
+
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ * doubles.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long doubles.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE / **/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+ */
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ * to locate characters within a C string.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MEMCHR / **/
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ * temporary file.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
+
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ * available to map a file into memory.
+ */
+/* Mmap_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
+#define Mmap_t /**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETGROUPS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
+ * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple
+ * groups are probably not supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ * available to set the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
+ * for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETVBUF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
+ * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
+ * to a line-buffered mode.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETVBUF / **/
+
+/* HAS_SHM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKET:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SOCKET / **/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
+/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+
+/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
+ * st_blksize and st_blocks.
+ */
+#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
+/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_STRERROR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
+ * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
+ */
+/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
+ * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
+ */
+/* Strerror:
+ * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
+ * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
+ * array is there.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRERROR / **/
+/*#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST / **/
+#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+
+/* HAS_STRTOUL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
+ * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRTOUL / **/
+
+/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
+ * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
+ * probably needs to define it as:
+ * union semun {
+ * int val;
+ * struct semid_ds *buf;
+ * unsigned short *array;
+ * }
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN / **/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
+
+/* HAS_VFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
+
+/* Signal_t:
+ * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
+ * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
+ * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
+ * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+ */
+#define Signal_t int /* Signal handler's return type */
+
+/* Groups_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
+ * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as
+ * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
+ * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc...
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any
+ * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have
+ * getgroups() or setgroups()..
+ */
+#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
+#define Groups_t int /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
+#endif
+
+/* I_GRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <grp.h>.
+ */
+/* GRPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
+ * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+ */
+/*#define I_GRP / **/
+/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
+
+/* I_NETDB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_NETDB / **/
+
+/* I_PWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pwd.h>.
+ */
+/* PWQUOTA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_quota.
+ */
+/* PWAGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_age.
+ */
+/* PWCHANGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_change.
+ */
+/* PWCLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_class.
+ */
+/* PWEXPIRE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_expire.
+ */
+/* PWCOMMENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_comment.
+ */
+/* PWGECOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_gecos.
+ */
+/* PWPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_passwd.
+ */
+/*#define I_PWD / **/
+/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
+/*#define PWAGE / **/
+/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
+/*#define PWCLASS / **/
+/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
+/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
+/*#define PWGECOS / **/
+/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+/* I_SYSUIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/
+/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+/* I_STDARG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
*/
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/
+/* I_VARARGS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <varargs.h>.
+ */
+#define I_STDARG /**/
+/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+/* Free_t:
+ * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
+ * void, but occasionally int.
*/
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/
+/* Malloc_t:
+ * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+ */
+#define Malloc_t void * /**/
+#define Free_t int /**/
+
+/* MYMALLOC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+ */
+/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
+
+/* SIG_NAME:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
+ * signal number. This is intended
+ * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
+ * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
+ * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
+ * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
+ * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
+ * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
+ * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
+ * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
+ * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list.
+ */
+/* SIG_NUM:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
+ * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
+ * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
+ * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
+ * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
+ * dynamic linear lookup.
+ * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
+ * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
+ * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
+ * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
+ * the sig_name list.
+ */
+/* SIG_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name
+ * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
+ */
+#define SIG_NAME 0 /**/
+#define SIG_NUM 0 /**/
+#define SIG_SIZE 1 /**/
+
+/* STDCHAR:
+ * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
+ * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
+ */
+#define STDCHAR char /**/
+
+/* VOIDFLAGS:
+ * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
+ * compiler. What various bits mean:
+ *
+ * 1 = supports declaration of void
+ * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
+ * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
+ * addresses of void functions
+ * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *
+ * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
+ * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
+ * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
+ * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
+ * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
+ */
+#ifndef VOIDUSED
+#define VOIDUSED 1
+#endif
+#define VOIDFLAGS 1
+#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
+#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
+#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
+#endif
+
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
+ */
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
+ */
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
+#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ATOLF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
+ * available to convert strings into long doubles.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ATOLF / **/
+
+/* HAS_ATOLL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
+ * available to convert strings into long longs.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ATOLL / **/
+
+/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be
+ * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds
+ * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always
+ * for those versions.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 / **/
+
+/* HAS__FWALK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is
+ * available to apply a function to all the file handles.
+ */
+/*#define HAS__FWALK / **/
+
+/* HAS_CLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is
+ * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX.
+ * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are:
+ *
+ * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero
+ * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero
+ * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero
+ * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero
+ * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0
+ * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0
+ * FP_PLUS_INF +INF
+ * FP_MINUS_INF -INF
+ * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS)
+ * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ)
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CLASS / **/
+
+/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr
+ * is supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR / **/
+
+/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int dbminit(char *);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO / **/
+
+/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
+ * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only
+ * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
+ * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
+ */
+/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE / **/
/* HAS_FCHDIR:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is
*/
/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK / **/
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- * in <sys/types.h>
- */
-/*#define HAS_FD_SET / **/
-
/* HAS_FINITE:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is
* available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
*/
/*#define HAS_FINITEL / **/
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- * longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int flock(int, int);
*/
-/*#define FLEXFILENAMES / **/
+/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO / **/
/* HAS_FP_CLASS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY / **/
+/* HAS_FPCLASSL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is
+ * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX.
+ * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
+ *
+ * FP_SNAN signaling NaN
+ * FP_QNAN quiet NaN
+ * FP_NINF negative infinity
+ * FP_PINF positive infinity
+ * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero
+ * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero
+ * FP_NZERO negative zero
+ * FP_PZERO positive zero
+ * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero
+ * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL / **/
+
/* HAS_FPOS64_T:
* This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t.
*/
* available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
*/
/*#define HAS_FSTATFS / **/
-
-/* HAS_FSYNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is
- * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to
- * permanent storage.
- */
-/*#define HAS_FSYNC / **/
-
-/* HAS_FTELLO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
- * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
- */
-/*#define HAS_FTELLO / **/
-
-/* Gconvert:
- * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
- * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
- * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- * be retained, and the output buffer.
- * Possible values are:
- * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
+
+/* HAS_FSYNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is
+ * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to
+ * permanent storage.
*/
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
+/*#define HAS_FSYNC / **/
+
+/* HAS_FTELLO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
+ * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FTELLO / **/
/* HAS_GETCWD:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT / **/
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- * privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- * to derive the host name.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME / **/
-/*#define HAS_UNAME / **/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS / **/
-
/* HAS_GETITIMER:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is
* available to return interval timers.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT / **/
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- * many memory management calls.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- * available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME / **/
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS / **/
-
/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is
* available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM / **/
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS / **/
-
/* HAS_GETSPNAM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is
* available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM / **/
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- * routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- * routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME / **/
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT / **/
-
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the GNU C library is being used.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
/* HAS_HASMNTOPT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is
* available to query the mount options of file systems.
*/
/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT / **/
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/*#define HAS_HTONL / **/
-/*#define HAS_HTONS / **/
-/*#define HAS_NTOHL / **/
-/*#define HAS_NTOHS / **/
-
/* HAS_INT64_T:
* This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t.
* Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes
*/
/*#define HAS_INT64_T / **/
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- * is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ISASCII / **/
-
/* HAS_ISFINITE:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is
* available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
*/
/*#define HAS_ISNAN / **/
-/* HAS_ISNANL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is
- * available to check whether a long double is a NaN.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ISNANL / **/
-
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- * link).
- */
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/
-
-/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
- * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
- * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
- * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_LDBL_DIG / * */
-
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- * doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long doubles.
- */
-/*#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE / **/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long long.
+/* HAS_ISNANL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is
+ * available to check whether a long double is a NaN.
*/
-/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_ISNANL / **/
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
+ * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
+ * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
+ * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
*/
-/*#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO / **/
+/*#define HAS_LDBL_DIG / * */
/* HAS_MADVISE:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is
*/
/*#define HAS_MADVISE / **/
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- * to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MEMCHR / **/
-
/* HAS_MKDTEMP:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is
* available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory.
*/
/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP / **/
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- * temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/
-
/* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
* available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
*/
/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- * available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/
-#define Mmap_t /**/
-
/* HAS_MODFL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is
* available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and
*/
/*#define HAS_MPROTECT / **/
-/* HAS_MSG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
- */
-/*#define HAS_MSG / **/
-
/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr
* is supported.
*/
/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR / **/
+/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is
+ * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h>
+ * and therefore I_LANGINFO.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO / **/
+
/* HAS_OFF64_T:
* This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t.
*/
/*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- * argument form of open(2) is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/
-
-/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
- * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
- * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
- * (the new version of the constant).
- * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
- * and __UNDETACHED.
- */
-/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
-
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield
- * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
- */
-/* SCHED_YIELD:
- * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
- * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield,
- * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
- */
-/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
- * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
- */
-/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD / **/
-#define SCHED_YIELD sched_yield() /**/
-/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD / **/
-
/* HAS_READV:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is
* available to do gather reads. You will also need <sys/uio.h>
*/
/*#define HAS_RECVMSG / **/
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- * own version.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
- * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- * use memmove() instead, if available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP / **/
-
/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
* a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up
*/
/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO / **/
-/* HAS_SEM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- * supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SEM / **/
-
/* HAS_SENDMSG:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is
- * available to send structured socket messages.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SENDMSG / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETGROUPS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
- * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple
- * groups are probably not supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETITIMER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is
- * available to set interval timers.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETITIMER / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- * available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
- * for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is
- * available to set process title.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/
-
-/* HAS_SETVBUF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
- * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
- * to a line-buffered mode.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETVBUF / **/
-
-/* USE_SFIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should
- * be used.
- */
-/*#define USE_SFIO / **/
-
-/* HAS_SHM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
- * supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SHM / **/
-
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- * is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/
-
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
- * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/* Siglongjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_SOCKET:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
- * supported.
+ * available to send structured socket messages.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SENDMSG / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETITIMER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is
+ * available to set interval timers.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SETITIMER / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is
+ * available to set process title.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE / **/
+
+/* USE_SFIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should
+ * be used.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define USE_SFIO / **/
+
+/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask
+ * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask
+ * of the calling process.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK / **/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKATMARK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is
+ * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark.
*/
-/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK / **/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int sockatmark _((int));
*/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKET / **/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/
-/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO / **/
/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_SQRTL / **/
-/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
- * st_blksize and st_blocks.
+/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
+ * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
*/
-#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
-/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO / **/
+
+/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
+ * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO / **/
/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
*/
/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS / **/
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- * to access these fields.
- */
-/* FILE_ptr:
- * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
- */
-/* FILE_cnt:
- * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
- */
-/*#define USE_STDIO_PTR / **/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_ptr)
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE / **/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_ptr)
-/*#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE / **/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT / **/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
- * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
- */
-/* FILE_base:
- * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-/*#define USE_STDIO_BASE / **/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_base)
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_STRERROR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
- * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
- */
-/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
- * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
- */
-/* Strerror:
- * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
- * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
- * array is there.
+/* HAS_STRFTIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is
+ * available to do time formatting.
*/
-/*#define HAS_STRERROR / **/
-/*#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST / **/
-#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+/*#define HAS_STRFTIME / **/
/* HAS_STRTOLD:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_STRTOQ / **/
-/* HAS_STRTOUL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
- * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
- */
-/*#define HAS_STRTOUL / **/
-
/* HAS_STRTOULL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is
* available to convert strings to unsigned long longs.
*/
/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ / **/
+/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
+ * extern int syscall(int, ...);
+ * extern int syscall(long, ...);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO / **/
+
/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
* a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up
*/
/*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO / **/
-/* Time_t:
- * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- * included).
- */
-#define Time_t int /* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access
+ * character data through U32-aligned pointers.
*/
-/*#define HAS_TIMES / **/
+#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/
/* HAS_UALARM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_UALARM / **/
-/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
- * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
- * probably needs to define it as:
- * union semun {
- * int val;
- * struct semid_ds *buf;
- * unsigned short *array;
- * }
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN / **/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/
-
/* HAS_UNORDERED:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is
* available to check whether two doubles are unordered
*/
/*#define HAS_UNORDERED / **/
-/* HAS_USTAT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is
- * available to query file system statistics by dev_t.
- */
-/*#define HAS_USTAT / **/
-
-/* HAS_VFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
- */
-/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/
-
-/* Signal_t:
- * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
- * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
- * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
- * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
- */
-#define Signal_t int /* Signal handler's return type */
-
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
- * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int usleep(useconds_t);
*/
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
- * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- * symbol.
+/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO / **/
+
+/* HAS_USTAT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is
+ * available to query file system statistics by dev_t.
*/
-#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/
+/*#define HAS_USTAT / **/
/* HAS_WRITEV:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is
*/
/*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING / **/
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-
-/* EBCDIC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- * EBCDIC encoding.
- */
-/*#define EBCDIC / **/
-
/* FFLUSH_NULL:
* This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush
* all pending stdio output.
/*#define FFLUSH_NULL / **/
/*#define FFLUSH_ALL / **/
-/* Fpos_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Fpos_t int /* File position type */
-
-/* Gid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
- */
-#define Gid_t_f "lu" /**/
-
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Gid_t_sign 1 /* GID sign */
-
-/* Gid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
- * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- * any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Gid_t int /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
-/* Groups_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
- * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as
- * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
- * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc...
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any
- * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have
- * getgroups() or setgroups()..
- */
-#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
-#define Groups_t int /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
-#endif
-
/* DB_Prefix_t:
* This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
* in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was
#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG /**/
#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG /**/
+/* I_FP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_FP / **/
+
/* I_FP_CLASS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp_class.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_FP_CLASS / **/
-/* I_GRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <grp.h>.
- */
-/* GRPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
- * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
- */
-/*#define I_GRP / **/
-/*#define GRPASSWD / **/
-
/* I_IEEEFP:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ieeefp.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_INTTYPES / **/
+/* I_LANGINFO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_LANGINFO / **/
+
/* I_LIBUTIL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <libutil.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_LIBUTIL / **/
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
-
/* I_MNTENT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_MNTENT / **/
-/* I_NETDB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_NETDB / **/
-
/* I_NETINET_TCP:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
* include <netinet/tcp.h>.
*/
/*#define I_PROT / **/
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
-
-/* I_PWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pwd.h>.
- */
-/* PWQUOTA:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_quota.
- */
-/* PWAGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_age.
- */
-/* PWCHANGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_change.
- */
-/* PWCLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_class.
- */
-/* PWEXPIRE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_expire.
- */
-/* PWCOMMENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_comment.
- */
-/* PWGECOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_gecos.
- */
-/* PWPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_passwd.
- */
-/*#define I_PWD / **/
-/*#define PWQUOTA / **/
-/*#define PWAGE / **/
-/*#define PWCHANGE / **/
-/*#define PWCLASS / **/
-/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/
-/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/
-/*#define PWGECOS / **/
-/*#define PWPASSWD / **/
-
/* I_SHADOW:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS / **/
-/* I_SYSUIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/
-
/* I_SYSUTSNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME / **/
-
-/* I_SYS_VFS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_SYS_VFS / **/
-
-/* I_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
- */
-#define I_TIME /**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/
-
-/* I_USTAT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_USTAT / **/
-
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
- * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
- */
-#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST NULL /**/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * also as /usr/bin/perl.
- */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/
-
-/* PERL_PRIfldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'f') for output.
- */
-/* PERL_PRIgldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'g') for output.
- */
-/* PERL_PRIeldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'e') for output.
- */
-/* PERL_SCNfldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'f') for input.
- */
-/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "llf" / **/
-/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "llg" / **/
-/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "lle" / **/
-/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "llf" / **/
-
-/* Off_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t int /* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
-
-/* Free_t:
- * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
- * void, but occasionally int.
- */
-/* Malloc_t:
- * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define Malloc_t void * /**/
-#define Free_t int /**/
+/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME / **/
-/* MYMALLOC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+/* I_SYS_VFS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-/*#define MYMALLOC / **/
+/*#define I_SYS_VFS / **/
-/* Mode_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
- * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_USTAT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define Mode_t int /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+/*#define I_USTAT / **/
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+/* PERL_PRIfldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'f') for output.
*/
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+/* PERL_PRIgldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'g') for output.
*/
-/* RD_NODATA:
- * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+/* PERL_PRIeldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'e') for output.
*/
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+/* PERL_SCNfldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'f') for input.
*/
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#undef EOF_NONBLOCK
+/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "llf" / **/
+/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "llg" / **/
+/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "lle" / **/
+/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "llf" / **/
/* NEED_VA_COPY:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores
*/
/*#define NEED_VA_COPY / **/
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- * gethostbyname().
- */
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- * getnetbyaddr().
- */
-#define Netdb_host_t const char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t const char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t unsigned long /**/
-
-/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
- * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
- * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
- * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
- * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
- * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
- * for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/
-
/* IVTYPE:
* This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV.
*/
*/
/* NVff:
* This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
- * using %f-ish floating point format.
- */
-/* NVgf:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
- * using %g-ish floating point format.
- */
-#define IVdf "ld" /**/
-#define UVuf "lu" /**/
-#define UVof "lo" /**/
-#define UVxf "lx" /**/
-#define UVXf "lX" /**/
-#define NVef "e" /**/
-#define NVff "f" /**/
-#define NVgf "g" /**/
-
-/* Pid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
-
-/* PRIVLIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- */
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define PRIVLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7" /**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7" /**/
-
-/* PTRSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
- * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- * sizeof(char *).
- */
-#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/
-
-/* Drand01:
- * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
- * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
- */
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- * random seed function.
- */
-/* seedDrand01:
- * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- * random number generator (see Drand01).
- */
-/* RANDBITS:
- * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
- */
-#define Drand01() ((rand() & 0x7FFF) / (double) ((unsigned long)1 << 15)) /**/
-#define Rand_seed_t int /**/
-#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
-#define RANDBITS 48 /**/
-
-/* SELECT_MIN_BITS:
- * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select.
- * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be
- * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this
- * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do
- * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally.
- */
-#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/
-
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
- * have select(), of course.
- */
-#define Select_fd_set_t int /**/
-
-/* SIG_NAME:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
- * signal number. This is intended
- * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
- * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
- * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
- * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
- * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
- * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
- * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
- * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
- * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list.
- */
-/* SIG_NUM:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
- * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
- * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
- * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
- * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
- * dynamic linear lookup.
- * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
- * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
- * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
- * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
- * the sig_name list.
- */
-/* SIG_SIZE:
- * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name
- * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
- */
-#define SIG_NAME 0 /**/
-#define SIG_NUM 0 /**/
-#define SIG_SIZE 1 /**/
-
-/* SITEARCH:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define SITEARCH "" /**/
-#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/
-
-/* SITELIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* SITELIB_STEM:
- * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-#define SITELIB "" /**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP "" /**/
-#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/
-
-/* Size_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ * using %f-ish floating point format.
*/
-#define Size_t_size 4 /* */
-
-/* Size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
- * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* NVgf:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
+ * using %g-ish floating point format.
*/
-#define Size_t int /* length paramater for string functions */
+#define IVdf "ld" /**/
+#define UVuf "lu" /**/
+#define UVof "lo" /**/
+#define UVxf "lx" /**/
+#define UVXf "lX" /**/
+#define NVef "e" /**/
+#define NVff "f" /**/
+#define NVgf "g" /**/
-/* Sock_size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
+ * This symbol is defined if /proc/self/exe is a symlink
+ * to the executing program
*/
-#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE / **/
-/* SSize_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
- * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
- * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+/* SELECT_MIN_BITS:
+ * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select.
+ * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be
+ * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this
+ * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do
+ * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally.
*/
-#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */
+#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/
/* STARTPERL:
* This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
*/
#define STARTPERL "" /**/
-/* STDCHAR:
- * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
- * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
- */
-#define STDCHAR char /**/
-
/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY:
* This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array
* holding the stdio streams.
/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY / **/
#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY
-/* Uid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define Uid_t_f "lu" /**/
-
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Uid_t_sign 1 /* UID sign */
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
-
-/* Uid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Uid_t int /* UID type */
-
/* USE_64_BIT_INT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
* be used when available. If not defined, the native integers
/*#define USE_SOCKS / **/
#endif
-/* USE_ITHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
- */
-/* USE_5005THREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
- */
-/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
- */
-/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
- * This is extremely experimental.
- */
-/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/
-/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/
-#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
-#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
-#endif
-/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/
-/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
- * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
- * It may have a ~ on the front.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
- * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
- * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/
-
-/* VOIDFLAGS:
- * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
- * compiler. What various bits mean:
- *
- * 1 = supports declaration of void
- * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
- * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
- * addresses of void functions
- * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
- *
- * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
- * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
- * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
- * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
- * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
- */
-#ifndef VOIDUSED
-#define VOIDUSED 1
-#endif
-#define VOIDFLAGS 1
-#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
-#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
-#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
-#endif
-
/* PERL_XS_APIVERSION:
* This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary
* compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and
#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.005"
#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005"
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern double drand48 _((void));
*/
-/* DOSUID:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS / **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS / **/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO / **/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ * gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ * getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t const char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t const char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t unsigned long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
+ * have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t int /**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+
+/* ARCHNAME:
+ * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
+ * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
+ * where library files may be held under a private library, for
+ * instance.
+ */
+#define ARCHNAME "unknown" /**/
+
+/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
+ * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
+ * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+ * (the new version of the constant).
+ * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
+ * and __UNDETACHED.
*/
-/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/
-/*#define DOSUID / **/
+/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/
-/* I_STDARG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
- * be included.
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
+ * is available setup fork handlers.
*/
-/* I_VARARGS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <varargs.h>.
+/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/
+
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield
+ * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
*/
-#define I_STDARG /**/
-/*#define I_VARARGS / **/
+/* SCHED_YIELD:
+ * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
+ * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield,
+ * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
+ */
+/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
+ * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD / **/
+#define SCHED_YIELD sched_yield() /**/
+/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD / **/
-/* SH_PATH:
- * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
- * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
- * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
- * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
- * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
*/
-#define SH_PATH "" /**/
+/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pthread.h>.
*/
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
+/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/
+
+/* USE_ITHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
*/
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/
-#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/
+/* USE_5005THREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
+ */
+/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+ */
+/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
+ * This is extremely experimental.
+ */
+/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/
+/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/
+#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
+#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
#endif
+/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/
+/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/
-/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int dbminit(char *);
+/* Time_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ * included).
*/
-/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO / **/
+#define Time_t int /* Time type */
-/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int flock(int, int);
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
*/
-/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO / **/
+/*#define HAS_TIMES / **/
-/* HAS_FPCLASSL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is
- * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX.
- * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
- *
- * FP_SNAN signaling NaN
- * FP_QNAN quiet NaN
- * FP_NINF negative infinity
- * FP_PINF positive infinity
- * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero
- * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero
- * FP_NZERO negative zero
- * FP_PZERO positive zero
- * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero
- * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero
+/* Fpos_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL / **/
+#define Fpos_t int /* File position type */
-/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is
- * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h>
- * and therefore I_LANGINFO.
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
*/
-/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO / **/
+#define Gid_t_f "lu" /**/
-/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask
- * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask
- * of the calling process.
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK / **/
+#define Gid_t_sign 1 /* GID sign */
-/* HAS_SOCKATMARK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is
- * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark.
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK / **/
+#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
-/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int sockatmark _((int));
+/* Gid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
+ * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ * any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO / **/
+#define Gid_t int /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
- * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
+/* Off_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO / **/
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t int /* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
-/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
- * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
+/* Mode_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO / **/
+#define Mode_t int /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-/* HAS_STRFTIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is
- * available to do time formatting.
+/* Pid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_STRFTIME / **/
+#define Pid_t int /* PID type */
-/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
- * extern int syscall(int, ...);
- * extern int syscall(long, ...);
+/* Size_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO / **/
+#define Size_t_size 4 /* */
-/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access
- * character data through U32-aligned pointers.
+/* Size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
+ * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/
+#define Size_t int /* length paramater for string functions */
-/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int usleep(useconds_t);
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
*/
-/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO / **/
+#define Uid_t_f "lu" /**/
-/* I_FP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
*/
-/*#define I_FP / **/
+#define Uid_t_sign 1 /* UID sign */
-/* I_LANGINFO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
*/
-/*#define I_LANGINFO / **/
+#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
- * is available setup fork handlers.
+/* Uid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/
+#define Uid_t int /* UID type */
#endif
d_pipe='undef'
d_poll='undef'
d_portable='undef'
+d_procselfexe='undef'
d_pthread_atfork='undef'
d_pthread_yield='undef'
d_pwage='undef'
$d_phostname='undef'
$d_pipe='define'
$d_poll='define'
+$d_procselfexe='undef'
$d_pthread_atfork='undef'
$d_pthread_yield='undef'
$d_pwage='undef'
*/
/*#define HAS_DLERROR /**/
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+ */
+/* DOSUID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/
+/*#define DOSUID /**/
+
/* HAS_DUP2:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is
* available to duplicate file descriptors.
#define _(args) ()
#endif
+/* SH_PATH:
+ * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
+ * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
+ * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
+ * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
+ * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+ */
+#define SH_PATH "/bin/sh" /**/
+
/* INTSIZE:
* This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C
* preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
*/
/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/
-/* OSNAME:
- * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
- */
-/* OSVERS:
- * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
- */
-#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/
-#define OSVERS "VOS" /**/
-
/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
* This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
* double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
#endif
-/* ARCHLIB:
- * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
- * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
- * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory
- * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be
- * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the
- * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
- * program already searches PRIVLIB.
- */
-/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/
-/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/
-
-/* ARCHNAME:
- * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
- * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
- * where library files may be held under a private library, for
- * instance.
- */
-#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/
-
-/* HAS_ATOLF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
- * available to convert strings into long doubles.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/
-
-/* HAS_ATOLL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
- * available to convert strings into long longs.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/
-
-/* BIN:
- * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
- * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
- */
-/* BIN_EXP:
- * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
- * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
- */
-#define BIN "/system/ported/command_library" /**/
-#define BIN_EXP "/system/ported/command_library" /**/
-
-/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be
- * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds
- * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef
- * for those versions.
- */
-/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/
-
/* BYTEORDER:
* This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
* i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc...
#define BYTEORDER 0x4321 /* large digits for MSB */
#endif /* NeXT */
-/* CAT2:
- * This macro catenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
-#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
- /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
-/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be
- * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */
-#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
- */
-#define CPPSTDIN "cc -E"
-#define CPPMINUS "-"
-#define CPPRUN "cc -E -"
-#define CPPLAST "-"
-
-/* HAS__FWALK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is
- * available to apply a function to all the file handles.
- */
-/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/
-
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- * (always present on UNIX.)
- */
-/*#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
-
/* CASTI32:
* This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
* or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
-/* HAS_CLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is
- * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX.
- * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are:
- *
- * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero
- * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero
- * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero
- * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero
- * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0
- * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0
- * FP_PLUS_INF +INF
- * FP_MINUS_INF -INF
- * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS)
- * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ)
- */
-/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/
-
/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
* does not return a value.
*/
/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/
-/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr
- * is supported.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ * in <sys/types.h>
*/
-/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/
+/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
-/* HAS_CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+/* Gconvert:
+ * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
+ * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
+ * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ * be retained, and the output buffer.
+ * Possible values are:
+ * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
*/
-/*#define HAS_CSH /**/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH "" /**/
-#endif
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
-/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
- * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only
- * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
- * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ * many memory management calls.
*/
-/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern double drand48 _((void));
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the GNU C library is being used.
*/
-/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ * is available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/
+#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ * link).
*/
-#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/
+
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ * argument form of open(2) is available.
+ */
+#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/
+
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ * own version.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/
+
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
+ * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ * use memmove() instead, if available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
+
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ * is available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/
+
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
+ * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ * to access these fields.
+ */
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
+ */
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
+ * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
+ * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+ */
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
+ * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ * symbol.
+ */
+#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/
+
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
+ */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+
+/* I_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+ */
+/*#define I_TIME /**/
+#define I_SYS_TIME /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/
+
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+ */
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+ */
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+ */
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+ */
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ * sizeof(char *).
+ */
+#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/
+
+/* Drand01:
+ * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
+ * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+ */
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ * random seed function.
+ */
+/* seedDrand01:
+ * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ * random number generator (see Drand01).
+ */
+/* RANDBITS:
+ * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+ */
+#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/
+#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/
+#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
+#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
+
+/* SSize_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
+ * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+ */
+#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */
+
+/* EBCDIC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ * EBCDIC encoding.
+ */
+/*#define EBCDIC /**/
+
+/* ARCHLIB:
+ * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
+ * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
+ * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory
+ * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be
+ * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the
+ * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
+ * program already searches PRIVLIB.
+ */
+/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/
+/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/
+
+/* BIN:
+ * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
+ * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
+ */
+/* BIN_EXP:
+ * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
+ * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
+ */
+#define BIN "/system/ported/command_library" /**/
+#define BIN_EXP "/system/ported/command_library" /**/
+
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
+ * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+ */
+#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/
+
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * also as /usr/bin/perl.
+ */
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/
+
+/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
+ * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
+ * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
+ * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
+ * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
+ * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
+ * for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/
+
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ */
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_STEM:
+ * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/
+#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
+ * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
+ * It may have a ~ on the front.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
+ * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/
+#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
+ * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/
+#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/
+
+/* OSNAME:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+/* OSVERS:
+ * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/
+#define OSVERS "VOS" /**/
+
+/* CAT2:
+ * This macro catenates 2 tokens together.
+ */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
+#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
+ /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
+/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be
+ * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */
+#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+/* CPPLAST:
+ * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+ */
+#define CPPSTDIN "cc -E"
+#define CPPMINUS "-"
+#define CPPRUN "cc -E -"
+#define CPPLAST "-"
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ * (always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH /**/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH "" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/
/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
* available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
*/
-#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/
+#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/
+
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ * longer than 14 characters.
+ */
+#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ * privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ * to derive the host name.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
+#define HAS_UNAME /**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their names.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ * available to get the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their port.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
+
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL /**/
+#define HAS_HTONS /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
+
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ * doubles.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long doubles.
+ */
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+ */
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ * to locate characters within a C string.
+ */
+#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ * temporary file.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/
+
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ * available to map a file into memory.
+ */
+/* Mmap_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/
+#define Mmap_t void * /**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MSG /**/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SEM /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETGROUPS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
+ * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple
+ * groups are probably not supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ * available to set the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
+ * for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETVBUF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
+ * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
+ * to a line-buffered mode.
+ */
+#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
+
+/* HAS_SHM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SHM /**/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKET:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/
+/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/
+
+/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
+ * st_blksize and st_blocks.
+ */
+#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
+/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_STRERROR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
+ * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
+ */
+/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
+ * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
+ */
+/* Strerror:
+ * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
+ * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
+ * array is there.
+ */
+#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
+#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
+#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+
+/* HAS_STRTOUL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
+ * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
+ */
+#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
+
+/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
+ * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
+ * probably needs to define it as:
+ * union semun {
+ * int val;
+ * struct semid_ds *buf;
+ * unsigned short *array;
+ * }
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/
+
+/* HAS_VFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/
+
+/* Signal_t:
+ * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
+ * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
+ * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
+ * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+ */
+#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+
+/* Groups_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
+ * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as
+ * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
+ * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc...
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any
+ * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have
+ * getgroups() or setgroups()..
+ */
+#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
+#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
+#endif
+
+/* I_GRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <grp.h>.
+ */
+/* GRPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
+ * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+ */
+#define I_GRP /**/
+/*#define GRPASSWD /**/
+
+/* I_NETDB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
+ */
+#define I_NETDB /**/
+
+/* I_PWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pwd.h>.
+ */
+/* PWQUOTA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_quota.
+ */
+/* PWAGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_age.
+ */
+/* PWCHANGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_change.
+ */
+/* PWCLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_class.
+ */
+/* PWEXPIRE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_expire.
+ */
+/* PWCOMMENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_comment.
+ */
+/* PWGECOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_gecos.
+ */
+/* PWPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_passwd.
+ */
+#define I_PWD /**/
+/*#define PWQUOTA /**/
+/*#define PWAGE /**/
+/*#define PWCHANGE /**/
+/*#define PWCLASS /**/
+/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/
+/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/
+/*#define PWGECOS /**/
+/*#define PWPASSWD /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+/* I_SYSUIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/
+/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+/* I_STDARG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
*/
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/
+/* I_VARARGS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <varargs.h>.
+ */
+#define I_STDARG /**/
+/*#define I_VARARGS /**/
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+/* Free_t:
+ * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
+ * void, but occasionally int.
*/
-#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/
+/* Malloc_t:
+ * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+ */
+#define Malloc_t void * /**/
+#define Free_t void /**/
+
+/* MYMALLOC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+ */
+/*#define MYMALLOC /**/
+
+/* SIG_NAME:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
+ * signal number. This is intended
+ * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
+ * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
+ * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
+ * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
+ * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
+ * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
+ * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
+ * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
+ * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list.
+ */
+/* SIG_NUM:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
+ * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
+ * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
+ * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
+ * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
+ * dynamic linear lookup.
+ * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
+ * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
+ * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
+ * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
+ * the sig_name list.
+ */
+/* SIG_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name
+ * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
+ */
+#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","KILL","PIPE","QUIT","CHLD","CONT","STOP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","BUS","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/
+#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,0 /**/
+#define SIG_SIZE 31 /**/
+
+/* STDCHAR:
+ * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
+ * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
+ */
+#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/
+
+/* VOIDFLAGS:
+ * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
+ * compiler. What various bits mean:
+ *
+ * 1 = supports declaration of void
+ * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
+ * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
+ * addresses of void functions
+ * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *
+ * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
+ * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
+ * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
+ * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
+ * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
+ */
+#ifndef VOIDUSED
+#define VOIDUSED 15
+#endif
+#define VOIDFLAGS 15
+#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
+#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
+#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
+#endif
+
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
+ */
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
+ */
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/
+#define PERL_TARGETARCH "undef" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ATOLF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
+ * available to convert strings into long doubles.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/
+
+/* HAS_ATOLL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
+ * available to convert strings into long longs.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/
+
+/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be
+ * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds
+ * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef
+ * for those versions.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/
+
+/* HAS__FWALK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is
+ * available to apply a function to all the file handles.
+ */
+/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/
+
+/* HAS_CLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is
+ * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX.
+ * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are:
+ *
+ * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero
+ * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero
+ * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero
+ * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero
+ * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0
+ * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0
+ * FP_PLUS_INF +INF
+ * FP_MINUS_INF -INF
+ * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS)
+ * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ)
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr
+ * is supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/
+
+/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int dbminit(char *);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/
+
+/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
+ * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only
+ * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
+ * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
+ */
+/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/
/* HAS_FCHDIR:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is
*/
#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- * in <sys/types.h>
- */
-/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
-
/* HAS_FINITE:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is
* available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
*/
/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- * longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int flock(int, int);
*/
-#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/
/* HAS_FP_CLASS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/
+/* HAS_FPCLASSL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is
+ * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX.
+ * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
+ *
+ * FP_SNAN signaling NaN
+ * FP_QNAN quiet NaN
+ * FP_NINF negative infinity
+ * FP_PINF positive infinity
+ * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero
+ * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero
+ * FP_NZERO negative zero
+ * FP_PZERO positive zero
+ * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero
+ * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/
+
/* HAS_FPOS64_T:
* This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t.
*/
* available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
*/
/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/
-
-/* HAS_FSYNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is
- * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to
- * permanent storage.
- */
-/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/
-
-/* HAS_FTELLO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
- * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
- */
-/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/
-
-/* Gconvert:
- * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
- * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
- * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- * be retained, and the output buffer.
- * Possible values are:
- * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
+
+/* HAS_FSYNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is
+ * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to
+ * permanent storage.
*/
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
+/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/
+
+/* HAS_FTELLO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
+ * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/
/* HAS_GETCWD:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- * privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- * to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
-#define HAS_UNAME /**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETITIMER:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is
* available to return interval timers.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- * many memory management calls.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- * available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is
* available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETSPNAM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is
* available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- * routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- * routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the GNU C library is being used.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
/* HAS_HASMNTOPT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is
* available to query the mount options of file systems.
*/
/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-#define HAS_HTONL /**/
-#define HAS_HTONS /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
-
/* HAS_INT64_T:
* This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t.
* Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes
*/
/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- * is available.
- */
-#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
-
/* HAS_ISFINITE:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is
* available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
*/
/*#define HAS_ISNAN /**/
-/* HAS_ISNANL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is
- * available to check whether a long double is a NaN.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/
-
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- * link).
- */
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/
-
-/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
- * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
- * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
- * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
- */
-#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */
-
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- * doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long doubles.
- */
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long long.
+/* HAS_ISNANL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is
+ * available to check whether a long double is a NaN.
*/
-/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
+ * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
+ * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
+ * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
*/
-#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
+#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */
/* HAS_MADVISE:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is
*/
/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- * to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
-
/* HAS_MKDTEMP:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is
* available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory.
*/
/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- * temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/
-
/* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
* available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
*/
/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- * available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/
-#define Mmap_t void * /**/
-
/* HAS_MODFL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is
* available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and
*/
/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/
-/* HAS_MSG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
- */
-/*#define HAS_MSG /**/
-
/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr
* is supported.
*/
/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/
+/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is
+ * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h>
+ * and therefore I_LANGINFO.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/
+
/* HAS_OFF64_T:
* This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t.
*/
/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- * argument form of open(2) is available.
- */
-#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/
-
-/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
- * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
- * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
- * (the new version of the constant).
- * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
- * and __UNDETACHED.
- */
-/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/
-
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield
- * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
- */
-/* SCHED_YIELD:
- * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
- * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield,
- * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
- */
-/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
- * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
- */
-/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/
-#define SCHED_YIELD /**/
-/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/
-
/* HAS_READV:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is
* available to do gather reads. You will also need <sys/uio.h>
*/
/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- * own version.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
- * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- * use memmove() instead, if available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
- */
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
-
/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
* a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up
*/
/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/
-/* HAS_SEM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- * supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SEM /**/
-
/* HAS_SENDMSG:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is
- * available to send structured socket messages.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETGROUPS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
- * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple
- * groups are probably not supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETITIMER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is
- * available to set interval timers.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- * available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
- * for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is
- * available to set process title.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETVBUF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
- * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
- * to a line-buffered mode.
- */
-#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
-
-/* USE_SFIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should
- * be used.
- */
-/*#define USE_SFIO /**/
-
-/* HAS_SHM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
- * supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SHM /**/
-
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- * is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/
-
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
- * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/* Siglongjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_SOCKET:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
- * supported.
+ * available to send structured socket messages.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETITIMER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is
+ * available to set interval timers.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is
+ * available to set process title.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/
+
+/* USE_SFIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should
+ * be used.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define USE_SFIO /**/
+
+/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask
+ * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask
+ * of the calling process.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKATMARK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is
+ * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark.
*/
-/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int sockatmark _((int));
*/
-#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/
-/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/
/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/
-/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
- * st_blksize and st_blocks.
+/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
+ * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
*/
-#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
-/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
+ * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/
/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
*/
/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- * to access these fields.
- */
-/* FILE_ptr:
- * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
- */
-/* FILE_cnt:
- * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
- * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
- */
-/* FILE_base:
- * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_STRERROR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
- * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
- */
-/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
- * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
- */
-/* Strerror:
- * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
- * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
- * array is there.
+/* HAS_STRFTIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is
+ * available to do time formatting.
*/
-#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
-#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
-#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/
/* HAS_STRTOLD:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/
-/* HAS_STRTOUL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
- * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
- */
-#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
-
/* HAS_STRTOULL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is
* available to convert strings to unsigned long longs.
*/
/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/
+/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
+ * extern int syscall(int, ...);
+ * extern int syscall(long, ...);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/
+
/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
* a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up
*/
/*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/
-/* Time_t:
- * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- * included).
- */
-#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access
+ * character data through U32-aligned pointers.
*/
-#define HAS_TIMES /**/
+#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/
/* HAS_UALARM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/
-/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
- * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
- * probably needs to define it as:
- * union semun {
- * int val;
- * struct semid_ds *buf;
- * unsigned short *array;
- * }
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/
-
/* HAS_UNORDERED:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is
* available to check whether two doubles are unordered
*/
/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/
-/* HAS_USTAT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is
- * available to query file system statistics by dev_t.
- */
-/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/
-
-/* HAS_VFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
- */
-/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/
-
-/* Signal_t:
- * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
- * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
- * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
- * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
- */
-#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
-
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
- * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int usleep(useconds_t);
*/
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
- * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- * symbol.
+/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/
+
+/* HAS_USTAT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is
+ * available to query file system statistics by dev_t.
*/
-#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/
+/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/
/* HAS_WRITEV:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is
*/
/*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-
-/* EBCDIC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- * EBCDIC encoding.
- */
-/*#define EBCDIC /**/
-
/* FFLUSH_NULL:
* This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush
* all pending stdio output.
#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/
/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/
-/* Fpos_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
-
-/* Gid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
- */
-#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/
-
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
-
-/* Gid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
- * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- * any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
-/* Groups_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
- * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as
- * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
- * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc...
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any
- * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have
- * getgroups() or setgroups()..
- */
-#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
-#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
-#endif
-
/* DB_Prefix_t:
* This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
* in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was
#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG undef /**/
#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG undef /**/
+/* I_FP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_FP /**/
+
/* I_FP_CLASS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp_class.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/
-/* I_GRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <grp.h>.
- */
-/* GRPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
- * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
- */
-#define I_GRP /**/
-/*#define GRPASSWD /**/
-
/* I_IEEEFP:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ieeefp.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/
+/* I_LANGINFO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/
+
/* I_LIBUTIL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <libutil.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/
-
/* I_MNTENT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_MNTENT /**/
-/* I_NETDB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-#define I_NETDB /**/
-
/* I_NETINET_TCP:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
* include <netinet/tcp.h>.
*/
/*#define I_PROT /**/
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/
-
-/* I_PWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pwd.h>.
- */
-/* PWQUOTA:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_quota.
- */
-/* PWAGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_age.
- */
-/* PWCHANGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_change.
- */
-/* PWCLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_class.
- */
-/* PWEXPIRE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_expire.
- */
-/* PWCOMMENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_comment.
- */
-/* PWGECOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_gecos.
- */
-/* PWPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_passwd.
- */
-#define I_PWD /**/
-/*#define PWQUOTA /**/
-/*#define PWAGE /**/
-/*#define PWCHANGE /**/
-/*#define PWCLASS /**/
-/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/
-/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/
-/*#define PWGECOS /**/
-/*#define PWPASSWD /**/
-
/* I_SHADOW:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/
-/* I_SYSUIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/
-
/* I_SYSUTSNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/
-
-/* I_SYS_VFS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/
-
-/* I_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
- */
-/*#define I_TIME /**/
-#define I_SYS_TIME /**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/
-
-/* I_USTAT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_USTAT /**/
-
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
- * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
- */
-#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * also as /usr/bin/perl.
- */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/
-
-/* PERL_PRIfldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'f') for output.
- */
-/* PERL_PRIgldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'g') for output.
- */
-/* PERL_PRIeldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'e') for output.
- */
-/* PERL_SCNfldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'f') for input.
- */
-#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/
-#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/
-#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/
-#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/
-
-/* Off_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t off_t /* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
-
-/* Free_t:
- * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
- * void, but occasionally int.
- */
-/* Malloc_t:
- * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define Malloc_t void * /**/
-#define Free_t void /**/
+#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/
-/* MYMALLOC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+/* I_SYS_VFS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-/*#define MYMALLOC /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/
-/* Mode_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
- * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_USTAT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+/*#define I_USTAT /**/
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+/* PERL_PRIfldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'f') for output.
*/
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+/* PERL_PRIgldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'g') for output.
*/
-/* RD_NODATA:
- * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+/* PERL_PRIeldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'e') for output.
*/
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+/* PERL_SCNfldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'f') for input.
*/
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/
+#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/
+#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/
+#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/
/* NEED_VA_COPY:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores
*/
/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- * gethostbyname().
- */
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- * getnetbyaddr().
- */
-#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
-
-/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
- * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
- * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
- * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
- * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
- * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
- * for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/
-
/* IVTYPE:
* This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV.
*/
*/
/* NVff:
* This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
- * using %f-ish floating point format.
- */
-/* NVgf:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
- * using %g-ish floating point format.
- */
-#define IVdf "d" /**/
-#define UVuf "u" /**/
-#define UVof "o" /**/
-#define UVxf "x" /**/
-#define UVXf "X" /**/
-#define NVef "e" /**/
-#define NVff "f" /**/
-#define NVgf "g" /**/
-
-/* Pid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */
-
-/* PRIVLIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- */
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/
-
-/* PTRSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
- * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- * sizeof(char *).
- */
-#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/
-
-/* Drand01:
- * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
- * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
- */
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- * random seed function.
- */
-/* seedDrand01:
- * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- * random number generator (see Drand01).
- */
-/* RANDBITS:
- * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
- */
-#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/
-#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/
-#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
-#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
-
-/* SELECT_MIN_BITS:
- * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select.
- * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be
- * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this
- * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do
- * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally.
- */
-#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/
-
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
- * have select(), of course.
- */
-#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/
-
-/* SIG_NAME:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
- * signal number. This is intended
- * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
- * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
- * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
- * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
- * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
- * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
- * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
- * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
- * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list.
- */
-/* SIG_NUM:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
- * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
- * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
- * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
- * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
- * dynamic linear lookup.
- * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
- * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
- * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
- * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
- * the sig_name list.
- */
-/* SIG_SIZE:
- * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name
- * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
- */
-#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","KILL","PIPE","QUIT","CHLD","CONT","STOP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","BUS","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/
-#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,0 /**/
-#define SIG_SIZE 31 /**/
-
-/* SITEARCH:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/
-
-/* SITELIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* SITELIB_STEM:
- * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/
-#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/
-
-/* Size_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ * using %f-ish floating point format.
*/
-#define Size_t_size 4 /* */
-
-/* Size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
- * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* NVgf:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
+ * using %g-ish floating point format.
*/
-#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */
+#define IVdf "d" /**/
+#define UVuf "u" /**/
+#define UVof "o" /**/
+#define UVxf "x" /**/
+#define UVXf "X" /**/
+#define NVef "e" /**/
+#define NVff "f" /**/
+#define NVgf "g" /**/
-/* Sock_size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
+ * This symbol is defined if /proc/self/exe is a symlink
+ * to the executing program
*/
-#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/
-/* SSize_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
- * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
- * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+/* SELECT_MIN_BITS:
+ * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select.
+ * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be
+ * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this
+ * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do
+ * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally.
*/
-#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */
+#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/
/* STARTPERL:
* This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
*/
#define STARTPERL "!perl.pm" /**/
-/* STDCHAR:
- * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
- * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
- */
-#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/
-
/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY:
* This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array
* holding the stdio streams.
#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/
#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY _iob
-/* Uid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/
-
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
-
-/* Uid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
-
/* USE_64_BIT_INT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
* be used when available. If not defined, the native integers
/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/
#endif
-/* USE_ITHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
- */
-/* USE_5005THREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
- */
-/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
- */
-/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
- * This is extremely experimental.
- */
-/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/
-/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/
-#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
-#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
-#endif
-/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/
-/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
- * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
- * It may have a ~ on the front.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
- * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/
-#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
- * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/
-#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/
-
-/* VOIDFLAGS:
- * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
- * compiler. What various bits mean:
- *
- * 1 = supports declaration of void
- * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
- * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
- * addresses of void functions
- * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
- *
- * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
- * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
- * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
- * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
- * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
- */
-#ifndef VOIDUSED
-#define VOIDUSED 15
-#endif
-#define VOIDFLAGS 15
-#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
-#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
-#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
-#endif
-
/* PERL_XS_APIVERSION:
* This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary
* compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and
#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.00563"
#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005"
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern double drand48 _((void));
*/
-/* DOSUID:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ * gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ * getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
+ * have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+
+/* ARCHNAME:
+ * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
+ * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
+ * where library files may be held under a private library, for
+ * instance.
+ */
+#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/
+
+/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
+ * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
+ * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+ * (the new version of the constant).
+ * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
+ * and __UNDETACHED.
*/
-#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/
-/*#define DOSUID /**/
+/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/
-/* I_STDARG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
- * be included.
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
+ * is available setup fork handlers.
*/
-/* I_VARARGS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <varargs.h>.
+/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/
+
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield
+ * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
*/
-#define I_STDARG /**/
-/*#define I_VARARGS /**/
+/* SCHED_YIELD:
+ * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
+ * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield,
+ * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
+ */
+/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
+ * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/
+#define SCHED_YIELD /**/
+/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/
-/* SH_PATH:
- * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
- * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
- * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
- * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
- * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
*/
-#define SH_PATH "/bin/sh" /**/
+/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pthread.h>.
*/
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
+/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/
+
+/* USE_ITHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
*/
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/
-#define PERL_TARGETARCH "undef" /**/
+/* USE_5005THREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
+ */
+/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+ */
+/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
+ * This is extremely experimental.
+ */
+/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/
+/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/
+#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
+#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
#endif
+/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/
+/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/
-/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int dbminit(char *);
+/* Time_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ * included).
*/
-/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/
+#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
-/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int flock(int, int);
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
*/
-/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/
+#define HAS_TIMES /**/
-/* HAS_FPCLASSL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is
- * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX.
- * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
- *
- * FP_SNAN signaling NaN
- * FP_QNAN quiet NaN
- * FP_NINF negative infinity
- * FP_PINF positive infinity
- * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero
- * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero
- * FP_NZERO negative zero
- * FP_PZERO positive zero
- * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero
- * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero
+/* Fpos_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
-/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is
- * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h>
- * and therefore I_LANGINFO.
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
*/
-/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/
+#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/
-/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask
- * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask
- * of the calling process.
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/
+#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
-/* HAS_SOCKATMARK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is
- * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark.
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/
+#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
-/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int sockatmark _((int));
+/* Gid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
+ * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ * any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/
+#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
- * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
+/* Off_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t off_t /* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
-/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
- * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
+/* Mode_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/
+#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-/* HAS_STRFTIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is
- * available to do time formatting.
+/* Pid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/
+#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */
-/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
- * extern int syscall(int, ...);
- * extern int syscall(long, ...);
+/* Size_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/
+#define Size_t_size 4 /* */
-/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access
- * character data through U32-aligned pointers.
+/* Size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
+ * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/
+#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */
-/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int usleep(useconds_t);
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
*/
-/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/
+#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/
-/* I_FP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
*/
-/*#define I_FP /**/
+#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
-/* I_LANGINFO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
*/
-/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/
+#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
- * is available setup fork handlers.
+/* Uid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/
+#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
#endif
$d_phostname='undef'
$d_pipe='define'
$d_poll='define'
+$d_poll='define'
+$d_procselfexe='undef'
$d_pthread_atfork='undef'
$d_pthread_yield='undef'
$d_pwage='undef'
*/
/*#define HAS_DLERROR /**/
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+ */
+/* DOSUID:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/
+/*#define DOSUID /**/
+
/* HAS_DUP2:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is
* available to duplicate file descriptors.
#define _(args) ()
#endif
+/* SH_PATH:
+ * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
+ * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
+ * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
+ * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
+ * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+ */
+#define SH_PATH "/system/gnu_library/bin/bash.pm" /**/
+
/* INTSIZE:
* This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C
* preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
*/
/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/
-/* OSNAME:
- * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
- */
-/* OSVERS:
- * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
- */
-#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/
-#define OSVERS "VOS" /**/
-
/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
* This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
* double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
#endif
-/* ARCHLIB:
- * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
- * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
- * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory
- * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be
- * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the
- * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
- * program already searches PRIVLIB.
- */
-/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/
-/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/
-
-/* ARCHNAME:
- * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
- * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
- * where library files may be held under a private library, for
- * instance.
- */
-#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/
-
-/* HAS_ATOLF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
- * available to convert strings into long doubles.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/
-
-/* HAS_ATOLL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
- * available to convert strings into long longs.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/
-
-/* BIN:
- * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
- * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
- */
-/* BIN_EXP:
- * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
- * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
- */
-#define BIN "/system/gnu_library/bin" /**/
-#define BIN_EXP "/system/gnu_library/bin" /**/
-
-/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be
- * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds
- * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef
- * for those versions.
- */
-/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/
-
/* BYTEORDER:
* This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
* i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc...
#define BYTEORDER 0x4321 /* large digits for MSB */
#endif /* NeXT */
-/* CAT2:
- * This macro catenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
-#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
- /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
-/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be
- * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */
-#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
- */
-#define CPPSTDIN "cc -E"
-#define CPPMINUS "-"
-#define CPPRUN "cc -E -"
-#define CPPLAST "-"
-
-/* HAS__FWALK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is
- * available to apply a function to all the file handles.
- */
-/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/
-
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- * (always present on UNIX.)
- */
-#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
-
/* CASTI32:
* This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
* or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/
#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/
-/* HAS_CLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is
- * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX.
- * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are:
- *
- * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero
- * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero
- * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero
- * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero
- * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0
- * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0
- * FP_PLUS_INF +INF
- * FP_MINUS_INF -INF
- * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS)
- * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ)
- */
-/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/
-
/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
* does not return a value.
*/
/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/
-/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr
- * is supported.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ * in <sys/types.h>
*/
-/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/
+/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
-/* HAS_CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+/* Gconvert:
+ * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
+ * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
+ * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ * be retained, and the output buffer.
+ * Possible values are:
+ * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
*/
-#define HAS_CSH /**/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH "/system/gnu_library/bin/bash.pm" /**/
-#endif
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
-/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
- * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only
- * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
- * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ * many memory management calls.
*/
-/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern double drand48 _((void));
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ * the GNU C library is being used.
*/
-/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ * is available.
*/
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/
+#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ * link).
*/
-#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/
+
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ * argument form of open(2) is available.
+ */
+#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/
+
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ * own version.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/
+
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
+ * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ * use memmove() instead, if available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
+
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ * is available.
+ */
+#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/
+
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
+ * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ * to access these fields.
+ */
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
+ */
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ * lvalue.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
+ * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
+ * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+ */
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
+ * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ * symbol.
+ */
+#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/
+
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it.
+ */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+
+/* I_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+ */
+/*#define I_TIME /**/
+#define I_SYS_TIME /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/
+
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+ */
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+ */
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+ */
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+ */
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ * sizeof(char *).
+ */
+#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/
+
+/* Drand01:
+ * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
+ * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+ */
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ * random seed function.
+ */
+/* seedDrand01:
+ * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ * random number generator (see Drand01).
+ */
+/* RANDBITS:
+ * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+ */
+#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/
+#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/
+#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
+#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
+
+/* SSize_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
+ * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
+ * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+ */
+#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */
+
+/* EBCDIC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ * EBCDIC encoding.
+ */
+/*#define EBCDIC /**/
+
+/* ARCHLIB:
+ * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
+ * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
+ * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory
+ * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be
+ * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the
+ * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
+ * program already searches PRIVLIB.
+ */
+/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/
+/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/
+
+/* BIN:
+ * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
+ * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
+ */
+/* BIN_EXP:
+ * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
+ * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
+ */
+#define BIN "/system/gnu_library/bin" /**/
+#define BIN_EXP "/system/gnu_library/bin" /**/
+
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
+ * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+ */
+#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/
+
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * also as /usr/bin/perl.
+ */
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/
+
+/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
+ * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
+ * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
+ * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
+ * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
+ * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
+ * for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/
+
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ */
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
+ * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_STEM:
+ * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/
+#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
+ * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
+ * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
+ * It may have a ~ on the front.
+ * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
+ * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
+ * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+ * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/
+#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
+ * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/
+#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/
+
+/* OSNAME:
+ * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+/* OSVERS:
+ * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/
+#define OSVERS "VOS" /**/
+
+/* CAT2:
+ * This macro catenates 2 tokens together.
+ */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b
+#define STRINGIFY(a) "a"
+ /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a
+/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be
+ * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */
+#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ * the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+/* CPPLAST:
+ * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+ */
+#define CPPSTDIN "cc -E"
+#define CPPMINUS "-"
+#define CPPRUN "cc -E -"
+#define CPPLAST "-"
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ * (always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+#define HAS_ACCESS /**/
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+#define HAS_CSH /**/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH "/system/gnu_library/bin/bash.pm" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/
/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
* available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
*/
-#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/
+#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/
+
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ * longer than 14 characters.
+ */
+#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ * privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ * to derive the host name.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
+#define HAS_UNAME /**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ * available to look up networks by their names.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ * available to get the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ * routine is available to look up services by their port.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
+
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ * order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL /**/
+#define HAS_HTONS /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
+
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ * doubles.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long doubles.
+ */
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+ */
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
+ * defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ * to locate characters within a C string.
+ */
+#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ * temporary file.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/
+
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ * available to map a file into memory.
+ */
+/* Mmap_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'.
+ */
+#define HAS_MMAP /**/
+#define Mmap_t void * /**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MSG /**/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SEM /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETGROUPS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
+ * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple
+ * groups are probably not supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ * available to set the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
+ * for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ * available.
+ */
+#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETVBUF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
+ * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
+ * to a line-buffered mode.
+ */
+#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
+
+/* HAS_SHM:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SHM /**/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKET:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
+ * supported.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
+ * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ * has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/
+/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/
+
+/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
+ * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
+ * st_blksize and st_blocks.
+ */
+#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
+/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_STRERROR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
+ * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
+ */
+/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
+ * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
+ * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
+ */
+/* Strerror:
+ * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
+ * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
+ * array is there.
+ */
+#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
+#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
+#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+
+/* HAS_STRTOUL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
+ * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
+ */
+#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
+
+/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
+ * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
+ * probably needs to define it as:
+ * union semun {
+ * int val;
+ * struct semid_ds *buf;
+ * unsigned short *array;
+ * }
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
+ * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/
+
+/* HAS_VFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/
+
+/* Signal_t:
+ * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
+ * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
+ * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
+ * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+ */
+#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
+
+/* Groups_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
+ * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as
+ * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
+ * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc...
+ * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any
+ * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have
+ * getgroups() or setgroups()..
+ */
+#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
+#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
+#endif
+
+/* I_GRP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <grp.h>.
+ */
+/* GRPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
+ * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+ */
+#define I_GRP /**/
+/*#define GRPASSWD /**/
+
+/* I_NETDB:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
+ */
+#define I_NETDB /**/
+
+/* I_PWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pwd.h>.
+ */
+/* PWQUOTA:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_quota.
+ */
+/* PWAGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_age.
+ */
+/* PWCHANGE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_change.
+ */
+/* PWCLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_class.
+ */
+/* PWEXPIRE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_expire.
+ */
+/* PWCOMMENT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_comment.
+ */
+/* PWGECOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_gecos.
+ */
+/* PWPASSWD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ * contains pw_passwd.
+ */
+#define I_PWD /**/
+/*#define PWQUOTA /**/
+/*#define PWAGE /**/
+/*#define PWCHANGE /**/
+/*#define PWCLASS /**/
+/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/
+/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/
+/*#define PWGECOS /**/
+/*#define PWPASSWD /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+/* I_SYSUIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/
+/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+/* I_STDARG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
+ * be included.
*/
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/
+/* I_VARARGS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <varargs.h>.
+ */
+#define I_STDARG /**/
+/*#define I_VARARGS /**/
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- * available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+/* Free_t:
+ * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
+ * void, but occasionally int.
*/
-#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/
+/* Malloc_t:
+ * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+ */
+#define Malloc_t void * /**/
+#define Free_t void /**/
+
+/* MYMALLOC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+ */
+/*#define MYMALLOC /**/
+
+/* SIG_NAME:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
+ * signal number. This is intended
+ * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
+ * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
+ * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
+ * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
+ * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
+ * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
+ * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
+ * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
+ * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list.
+ */
+/* SIG_NUM:
+ * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
+ * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
+ * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
+ * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
+ * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
+ * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
+ * dynamic linear lookup.
+ * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
+ * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
+ * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
+ * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
+ * the sig_name list.
+ */
+/* SIG_SIZE:
+ * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name
+ * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
+ */
+#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","CHLD","CONT","KILL","STOP","PIPE","QUIT","BUS","TRAP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/
+#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,0 /**/
+#define SIG_SIZE 32 /**/
+
+/* STDCHAR:
+ * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
+ * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
+ */
+#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/
+
+/* VOIDFLAGS:
+ * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
+ * compiler. What various bits mean:
+ *
+ * 1 = supports declaration of void
+ * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
+ * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
+ * addresses of void functions
+ * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *
+ * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
+ * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
+ * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
+ * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
+ * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
+ */
+#ifndef VOIDUSED
+#define VOIDUSED 15
+#endif
+#define VOIDFLAGS 15
+#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
+#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
+#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
+#endif
+
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
+ */
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
+ */
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/
+#define PERL_TARGETARCH "undef" /**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ATOLF:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
+ * available to convert strings into long doubles.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/
+
+/* HAS_ATOLL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
+ * available to convert strings into long longs.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/
+
+/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be
+ * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds
+ * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef
+ * for those versions.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/
+
+/* HAS__FWALK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is
+ * available to apply a function to all the file handles.
+ */
+/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/
+
+/* HAS_CLASS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is
+ * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX.
+ * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are:
+ *
+ * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero
+ * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero
+ * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero
+ * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero
+ * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0
+ * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0
+ * FP_PLUS_INF +INF
+ * FP_MINUS_INF -INF
+ * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS)
+ * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ)
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/
+
+/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr
+ * is supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/
+
+/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int dbminit(char *);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/
+
+/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
+ * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only
+ * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
+ * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
+ */
+/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/
/* HAS_FCHDIR:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is
*/
#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- * in <sys/types.h>
- */
-/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/
-
/* HAS_FINITE:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is
* available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
*/
/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- * longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int flock(int, int);
*/
-#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/
+/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/
/* HAS_FP_CLASS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/
+/* HAS_FPCLASSL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is
+ * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX.
+ * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
+ *
+ * FP_SNAN signaling NaN
+ * FP_QNAN quiet NaN
+ * FP_NINF negative infinity
+ * FP_PINF positive infinity
+ * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero
+ * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero
+ * FP_NZERO negative zero
+ * FP_PZERO positive zero
+ * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero
+ * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/
+
/* HAS_FPOS64_T:
* This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t.
*/
* available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
*/
/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/
-
-/* HAS_FSYNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is
- * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to
- * permanent storage.
- */
-/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/
-
-/* HAS_FTELLO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
- * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
- */
-/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/
-
-/* Gconvert:
- * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This
- * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails,
- * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- * be retained, and the output buffer.
- * Possible values are:
- * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
+
+/* HAS_FSYNC:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is
+ * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to
+ * permanent storage.
*/
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
+/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/
+
+/* HAS_FTELLO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
+ * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/
/* HAS_GETCWD:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- * available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- * privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- * to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/
-#define HAS_UNAME /**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETITIMER:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is
* available to return interval timers.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- * available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- * available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- * many memory management calls.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- * available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- * available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- * routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is
* available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- * available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- * available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
-
/* HAS_GETSPNAM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is
* available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name.
*/
/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- * routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- * routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/
-
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- * the GNU C library is being used.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
/* HAS_HASMNTOPT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is
* available to query the mount options of file systems.
*/
/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- * order byte swapping.
- */
-#define HAS_HTONL /**/
-#define HAS_HTONS /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL /**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS /**/
-
/* HAS_INT64_T:
* This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t.
* Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes
*/
/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- * is available.
- */
-#define HAS_ISASCII /**/
-
/* HAS_ISFINITE:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is
* available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
*/
/*#define HAS_ISNAN /**/
-/* HAS_ISNANL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is
- * available to check whether a long double is a NaN.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/
-
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- * link).
- */
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/
-
-/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
- * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
- * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
- * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
- */
-#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */
-
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- * doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long doubles.
- */
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only
- * defined if the system supports long long.
+/* HAS_ISNANL:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is
+ * available to check whether a long double is a NaN.
*/
-/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
+ * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
+ * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
+ * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
*/
-#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
+#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */
/* HAS_MADVISE:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is
*/
/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- * to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/
-
/* HAS_MKDTEMP:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is
* available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory.
*/
/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- * temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/
-
/* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
* available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
*/
/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- * available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'.
- */
-#define HAS_MMAP /**/
-#define Mmap_t void * /**/
-
/* HAS_MODFL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is
* available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and
*/
/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/
-/* HAS_MSG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
- */
-/*#define HAS_MSG /**/
-
/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr
* is supported.
*/
/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/
+/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is
+ * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h>
+ * and therefore I_LANGINFO.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/
+
/* HAS_OFF64_T:
* This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t.
*/
/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- * argument form of open(2) is available.
- */
-#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/
-
-/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
- * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
- * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
- * (the new version of the constant).
- * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
- * and __UNDETACHED.
- */
-/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/
-
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield
- * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
- */
-/* SCHED_YIELD:
- * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
- * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield,
- * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
- */
-/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
- * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
- */
-/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/
-#define SCHED_YIELD /**/
-/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/
-
/* HAS_READV:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is
* available to do gather reads. You will also need <sys/uio.h>
*/
/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- * own version.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to
- * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- * use memmove() instead, if available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version.
- */
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/
-
/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
* a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up
*/
/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/
-/* HAS_SEM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- * supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SEM /**/
-
/* HAS_SENDMSG:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is
- * available to send structured socket messages.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETGROUPS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
- * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple
- * groups are probably not supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETITIMER:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is
- * available to set interval timers.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- * available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID
- * for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is
- * available to set process title.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- * available.
- */
-#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/
-
-/* HAS_SETVBUF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
- * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
- * to a line-buffered mode.
- */
-#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/
-
-/* USE_SFIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should
- * be used.
- */
-/*#define USE_SFIO /**/
-
-/* HAS_SHM:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
- * supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SHM /**/
-
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- * is available.
- */
-#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/
-
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- * routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See
- * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/* Siglongjmp:
- * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- * See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_SOCKET:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
- * supported.
- */
-/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
- * supported.
+ * available to send structured socket messages.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETITIMER:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is
+ * available to set interval timers.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is
+ * available to set process title.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/
+
+/* USE_SFIO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should
+ * be used.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define USE_SFIO /**/
+
+/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask
+ * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask
+ * of the calling process.
*/
-/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKATMARK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is
+ * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark.
*/
-/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
- * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- * has been known to be an enum.
+/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/
+
+/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int sockatmark _((int));
*/
-#define HAS_SOCKET /**/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/
-/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/
-/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/
+/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/
/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/
-/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
- * st_blksize and st_blocks.
+/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
+ * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
*/
-#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
-/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/
+
+/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
+ * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/
/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
*/
/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- * to access these fields.
- */
-/* FILE_ptr:
- * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
- */
-/* FILE_cnt:
- * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- * lvalue.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- * value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- * will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE
- * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
- */
-/* FILE_base:
- * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_STRERROR:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
- * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
- */
-/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
- * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
- * sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
- */
-/* Strerror:
- * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
- * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
- * array is there.
+/* HAS_STRFTIME:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is
+ * available to do time formatting.
*/
-#define HAS_STRERROR /**/
-#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/
-#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
+#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/
/* HAS_STRTOLD:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/
-/* HAS_STRTOUL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
- * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
- */
-#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/
-
/* HAS_STRTOULL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is
* available to convert strings to unsigned long longs.
*/
/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/
+/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
+ * extern int syscall(int, ...);
+ * extern int syscall(long, ...);
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/
+
/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
* a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up
*/
/*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/
-/* Time_t:
- * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- * included).
- */
-#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access
+ * character data through U32-aligned pointers.
*/
-#define HAS_TIMES /**/
+#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/
/* HAS_UALARM:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is
*/
/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/
-/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
- * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code
- * probably needs to define it as:
- * union semun {
- * int val;
- * struct semid_ds *buf;
- * unsigned short *array;
- * }
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
- * used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/
-
/* HAS_UNORDERED:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is
* available to check whether two doubles are unordered
*/
/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/
-/* HAS_USTAT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is
- * available to query file system statistics by dev_t.
- */
-/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/
-
-/* HAS_VFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
- */
-/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/
-
-/* Signal_t:
- * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
- * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare
- * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
- * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
- */
-#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */
-
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you
- * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern int usleep(useconds_t);
*/
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It
- * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- * symbol.
+/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/
+
+/* HAS_USTAT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is
+ * available to query file system statistics by dev_t.
*/
-#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/
+/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/
/* HAS_WRITEV:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is
*/
/*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/
-
-/* EBCDIC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- * EBCDIC encoding.
- */
-/*#define EBCDIC /**/
-
/* FFLUSH_NULL:
* This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush
* all pending stdio output.
#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/
/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/
-/* Fpos_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
-
-/* Gid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
- */
-#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/
-
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
-
-/* Gid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
- * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- * any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
-/* Groups_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
- * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as
- * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
- * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc...
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any
- * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have
- * getgroups() or setgroups()..
- */
-#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
-#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
-#endif
-
/* DB_Prefix_t:
* This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
* in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was
#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG undef /**/
#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG undef /**/
+/* I_FP:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_FP /**/
+
/* I_FP_CLASS:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp_class.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/
-/* I_GRP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <grp.h>.
- */
-/* GRPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
- * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
- */
-#define I_GRP /**/
-/*#define GRPASSWD /**/
-
/* I_IEEEFP:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ieeefp.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/
+/* I_LANGINFO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/
+
/* I_LIBUTIL:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <libutil.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/
-
/* I_MNTENT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_MNTENT /**/
-/* I_NETDB:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-#define I_NETDB /**/
-
/* I_NETINET_TCP:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
* include <netinet/tcp.h>.
*/
/*#define I_PROT /**/
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/
-
-/* I_PWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <pwd.h>.
- */
-/* PWQUOTA:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_quota.
- */
-/* PWAGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_age.
- */
-/* PWCHANGE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_change.
- */
-/* PWCLASS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_class.
- */
-/* PWEXPIRE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_expire.
- */
-/* PWCOMMENT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_comment.
- */
-/* PWGECOS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_gecos.
- */
-/* PWPASSWD:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- * contains pw_passwd.
- */
-#define I_PWD /**/
-/*#define PWQUOTA /**/
-/*#define PWAGE /**/
-/*#define PWCHANGE /**/
-/*#define PWCLASS /**/
-/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/
-/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/
-/*#define PWGECOS /**/
-/*#define PWPASSWD /**/
-
/* I_SHADOW:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and
* should be included.
*/
/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/
-/* I_SYSUIO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/
-
/* I_SYSUTSNAME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/
-
-/* I_SYS_VFS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/
-
-/* I_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
- */
-/*#define I_TIME /**/
-#define I_SYS_TIME /**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/
-
-/* I_USTAT:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and
- * should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_USTAT /**/
-
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry
- * in Porting/Glossary for more details.
- */
-#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * also as /usr/bin/perl.
- */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/
-
-/* PERL_PRIfldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'f') for output.
- */
-/* PERL_PRIgldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'g') for output.
- */
-/* PERL_PRIeldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'e') for output.
- */
-/* PERL_SCNfldbl:
- * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
- * format long doubles (format 'f') for input.
- */
-#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/
-#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/
-#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/
-#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/
-
-/* Off_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t off_t /* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
-
-/* Free_t:
- * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually
- * void, but occasionally int.
- */
-/* Malloc_t:
- * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define Malloc_t void * /**/
-#define Free_t void /**/
+#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/
-/* MYMALLOC:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+/* I_SYS_VFS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-/*#define MYMALLOC /**/
+/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/
-/* Mode_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
- * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* I_USTAT:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and
+ * should be included.
*/
-#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+/*#define I_USTAT /**/
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+/* PERL_PRIfldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'f') for output.
*/
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- * present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+/* PERL_PRIgldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'g') for output.
*/
-/* RD_NODATA:
- * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+/* PERL_PRIeldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'e') for output.
*/
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+/* PERL_SCNfldbl:
+ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
+ * format long doubles (format 'f') for input.
*/
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/
+#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/
+#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/
+#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/
/* NEED_VA_COPY:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores
*/
/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- * to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- * gethostbyname().
- */
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- * getnetbyaddr().
- */
-#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
-
-/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
- * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
- * binary to search for additional library files or modules.
- * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
- * Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
- * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
- * for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/
-
/* IVTYPE:
* This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV.
*/
*/
/* NVff:
* This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
- * using %f-ish floating point format.
- */
-/* NVgf:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
- * using %g-ish floating point format.
- */
-#define IVdf "d" /**/
-#define UVuf "u" /**/
-#define UVof "o" /**/
-#define UVxf "x" /**/
-#define UVXf "X" /**/
-#define NVef "e" /**/
-#define NVff "f" /**/
-#define NVgf "g" /**/
-
-/* Pid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */
-
-/* PRIVLIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- */
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/
-
-/* PTRSIZE:
- * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if
- * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- * sizeof(char *).
- */
-#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/
-
-/* Drand01:
- * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply
- * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
- */
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- * random seed function.
- */
-/* seedDrand01:
- * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- * random number generator (see Drand01).
- */
-/* RANDBITS:
- * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- * function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
- */
-#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/
-#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/
-#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/
-#define RANDBITS 15 /**/
-
-/* SELECT_MIN_BITS:
- * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select.
- * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be
- * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this
- * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do
- * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally.
- */
-#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/
-
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
- * have select(), of course.
- */
-#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/
-
-/* SIG_NAME:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
- * signal number. This is intended
- * to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
- * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
- * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
- * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
- * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
- * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
- * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
- * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This
- * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list.
- */
-/* SIG_NUM:
- * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
- * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
- * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
- * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
- * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
- * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
- * dynamic linear lookup.
- * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
- * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
- * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
- * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
- * the sig_name list.
- */
-/* SIG_SIZE:
- * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name
- * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
- */
-#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","CHLD","CONT","KILL","STOP","PIPE","QUIT","BUS","TRAP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/
-#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,0 /**/
-#define SIG_SIZE 32 /**/
-
-/* SITEARCH:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/
-
-/* SITELIB:
- * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program
- * should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- * architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* SITELIB_STEM:
- * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/
-#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/
-
-/* Size_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ * using %f-ish floating point format.
*/
-#define Size_t_size 4 /* */
-
-/* Size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
- * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* NVgf:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
+ * using %g-ish floating point format.
*/
-#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */
+#define IVdf "d" /**/
+#define UVuf "u" /**/
+#define UVof "o" /**/
+#define UVxf "x" /**/
+#define UVXf "X" /**/
+#define NVef "e" /**/
+#define NVff "f" /**/
+#define NVgf "g" /**/
-/* Sock_size_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
+ * This symbol is defined if /proc/self/exe is a symlink
+ * to the executing program
*/
-#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/
-/* SSize_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type.
- * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- * to get any typedef'ed information.
- * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+/* SELECT_MIN_BITS:
+ * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select.
+ * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be
+ * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this
+ * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do
+ * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally.
*/
-#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */
+#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/
/* STARTPERL:
* This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
*/
#define STARTPERL "!perl.pm" /**/
-/* STDCHAR:
- * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
- * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
- */
-#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/
-
/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY:
* This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array
* holding the stdio streams.
#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/
#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY _iob
-/* Uid_t_f:
- * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/
-
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
-
-/* Uid_t:
- * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
-
/* USE_64_BIT_INT:
* This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
* be used when available. If not defined, the native integers
/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/
#endif
-/* USE_ITHREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
- */
-/* USE_5005THREADS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
- */
-/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
- */
-/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
- * This is extremely experimental.
- */
-/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/
-/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/
-#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
-#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
-#endif
-/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/
-/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
- * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
- * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
- * It may have a ~ on the front.
- * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
- * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
- * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
- * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/
-#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
- * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/
-#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/
-
-/* VOIDFLAGS:
- * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
- * compiler. What various bits mean:
- *
- * 1 = supports declaration of void
- * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
- * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
- * addresses of void functions
- * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
- *
- * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
- * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
- * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the
- * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the
- * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
- */
-#ifndef VOIDUSED
-#define VOIDUSED 15
-#endif
-#define VOIDFLAGS 15
-#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
-#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */
-#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */
-#endif
-
/* PERL_XS_APIVERSION:
* This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary
* compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and
#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.00563"
#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005"
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern double drand48 _((void));
*/
-/* DOSUID:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- * file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up
+ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
+ * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ * to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ * gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ * getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you
+ * have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t int /**/
+
+/* ARCHNAME:
+ * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
+ * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
+ * where library files may be held under a private library, for
+ * instance.
+ */
+#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/
+
+/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
+ * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined
+ * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+ * (the new version of the constant).
+ * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
+ * and __UNDETACHED.
*/
-#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/
-/*#define DOSUID /**/
+/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/
-/* I_STDARG:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
- * be included.
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
+ * is available setup fork handlers.
*/
-/* I_VARARGS:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- * include <varargs.h>.
+/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/
+
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield
+ * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
*/
-#define I_STDARG /**/
-/*#define I_VARARGS /**/
+/* SCHED_YIELD:
+ * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
+ * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield,
+ * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
+ */
+/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
+ * routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/
+#define SCHED_YIELD /**/
+/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/
-/* SH_PATH:
- * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
- * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be
- * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
- * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
- * D:/bin/sh.exe.
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <mach/cthreads.h>.
*/
-#define SH_PATH "/system/gnu_library/bin/bash.pm" /**/
+/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ * include <pthread.h>.
*/
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile.
+/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/
+
+/* USE_ITHREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
*/
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/
-#define PERL_TARGETARCH "undef" /**/
+/* USE_5005THREADS:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ * use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
+ */
+/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+ */
+/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ * try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
+ * This is extremely experimental.
+ */
+/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/
+/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/
+#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
+#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/
#endif
+/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/
+/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/
-/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int dbminit(char *);
+/* Time_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ * included).
*/
-/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/
+#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */
-/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int flock(int, int);
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
*/
-/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/
+#define HAS_TIMES /**/
-/* HAS_FPCLASSL:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is
- * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX.
- * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
- *
- * FP_SNAN signaling NaN
- * FP_QNAN quiet NaN
- * FP_NINF negative infinity
- * FP_PINF positive infinity
- * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero
- * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero
- * FP_NZERO negative zero
- * FP_PZERO positive zero
- * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero
- * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero
+/* Fpos_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */
-/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is
- * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h>
- * and therefore I_LANGINFO.
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
*/
-/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/
+#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/
-/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask
- * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask
- * of the calling process.
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
*/
-#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/
+#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */
-/* HAS_SOCKATMARK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is
- * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark.
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/
+#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */
-/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int sockatmark _((int));
+/* Gid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically,
+ * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ * any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/
+#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
- * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
+/* Off_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t off_t /* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4 /* <offset> size */
-/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
- * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
+/* Mode_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ * to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/
+#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-/* HAS_STRFTIME:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is
- * available to do time formatting.
+/* Pid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/
+#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */
-/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are
- * extern int syscall(int, ...);
- * extern int syscall(long, ...);
+/* Size_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
*/
-/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/
+#define Size_t_size 4 /* */
-/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access
- * character data through U32-aligned pointers.
+/* Size_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be
+ * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/
+#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */
-/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up
- * to the program to supply one. A good guess is
- * extern int usleep(useconds_t);
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
*/
-/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/
+#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/
-/* I_FP:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
*/
-/*#define I_FP /**/
+#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */
-/* I_LANGINFO:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and
- * should be included.
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
*/
-/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/
+#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
- * is available setup fork handlers.
+/* Uid_t:
+ * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
*/
-/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/
+#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */
#endif
d_pipe='define'
d_poll='undef'
d_portable='define'
+d_procselfexe='undef'
d_pthread_atfork='undef'
d_pthread_yield='undef'
d_pwage='undef'
d_pipe='define'
d_poll='undef'
d_portable='define'
+d_procselfexe='undef'
d_pthread_atfork='undef'
d_pthread_yield='undef'
d_pwage='undef'
d_pipe='define'
d_poll='undef'
d_portable='define'
+d_procselfexe='undef'
d_pthread_atfork='undef'
d_pthread_yield='undef'
d_pwage='undef'
d_pipe='define'
d_poll='undef'
d_portable='define'
+d_procselfexe='undef'
d_pthread_yield='undef'
d_pwage='undef'
d_pwchange='undef'
d_pipe='undef'
d_poll='undef'
d_portable='define'
+d_procselfexe='undef'
d_pthread_yield='undef'
d_pwage='undef'
d_pwchange='undef'
projects / p5sagit/p5-mst-13.2.git / commitdiff